teach (and practice) like a champion - amazon s3 like a champion relay national principals...

137
Teach Like a Champion Relay National Principals Fellowship The Expanded 100%

Upload: lamphuc

Post on 27-May-2018

229 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Teach Like a Champion

Relay National Principals Fellowship

The Expanded 100

We Study Teachers

Bright Spots What Goes Right Matters Most

Page 7

What is the difference between behavior and culture

Behavior vs Culture

Page 2

Behavior vs Culture

bull Culture is broader how we do and think about things

Itrsquos what we want to happen rather than what we

donrsquot

bull Strong culture canrsquot happen without strong behavior

but building it is more than eliminating poor behavior

bull Addressing behavior has to be grounded in culturemdash

this is who we are Referencing culturemdashthis is what

we are seeking to becomemdashcan help frame your

language in addressing behavior

bull Culture includes everybody Kids and adults

Behavior vs Culture

Page 2

bull Insert Kesete

What makes Kesete effective

Kesete Thompkins

Page 2

bull Insert Kesete

ldquoPersonalityrdquo is often technique in disguise

Kesete Thompkins

Page 2

We are Performers

Loud and Proud

bull Soft copies of binder

bull PowerPoint

bull All video clips (and more)

bull Video analysis talking points

bull All practice activities with facilitator directions

Two Hats

Getting Meta

Expanded 100 Agenda

Compliance You Can See

bull Be Seen Looking Practice

Least Invasive Interventions

bull Non-Verbal Interventions Practice

Least Invasive Interventions

bull PGC and AIC Practice

bull PICPIP Practice

Firm Calm Finesse

The Art of the Consequence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull 3 Rounds

bull Go through your ldquobackpacksrdquo and find an item that fulfills each of the categories

bull You can use anything in your bag EXCEPT for CellphonesTablets

bull STAND and shout BINGO when you have all of the items

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round One Find

ndash Something confiscated from a student

ndash Something yoursquod like to give a student

ndash Something yoursquore reading that makes you a better leader

ndash Something yoursquore reading that is utterly without educational value

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo When you have it Be ready to share your evidence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round Two Find

ndash Something that shows yoursquore a music

aficionado

ndash Something that shows you have two left feet

ndash Something that shows that you live for the

dance

ndash Someone who is willing to show off their best

dance moveshellip

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo when you find evidence

of all 3 Be ready to share your evidence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round Three Find

ndash Something that could be considered modern

art

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an athlete

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an intellectual

ndash Something that shows you love pop culture

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo When you have it Be

ready to share your evidence

What is rigorous and effective about Maggiersquos teaching

in this clip

At first glance this clip has nothing to do with 100

Maggie barely addresses behavior at all but in some

ways this is the most important 100 clip yoursquoll see

today Why

Maggie Johnson

Page 3

Setting The Table

Page 8

100

Getting 100 depends on three key principles

1 Emphasize Compliance You Can See

2 Use the Least Invasive Form of Intervention

3 Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Key Idea Ensure that 100 of students are with you

for teaching and learning 100 of the time 100

of the way

Page 3

100 Compliance You Can See

What will you look for

What are

What does this video have to do with our work

today

Page 3

What will you look for

What areWe Are Looking For

(Passes from Team

in White)

So We Misshellip

(Moonwalking

Bears)

Example

Getting through

the lesson

Off task behavior ldquoWho threw thathelliprdquo

Off task behavior

Students meeting

or exceeding

expectations

ldquoMichaela sit up

pleaserdquo (While

Michaelrsquos eyes go

wide with insighthellip

Big Misbehaviors Little Misbehaviors Constantly putting

out big fires

Page 3

Four Keys to Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 4

How are Kerri and Michael both Building Radar and

Being Seen Looking

Michael Rubino Kerri Rizzolo

Page 4

My Dance Moves Yow

Page 5

The Invisible

ColumnThe Swivel

The Disco

Finger

Be Seen Looking Dance Moves

Page 5

The PoliticianThe

Tiptoe

The

Quarterback

The

Sprinkler

Page 5

Dance MovesWarm-Up

What is effective about Arielle and Seanrsquos use of

RadarBe Seen Looking

Arielle Hoo Sean Gavin

Page 5

Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 6

Lets use this clip to solidify our common language

What evidence is there that Patrick is Be Seen Looking

Building Radar and using Visible Compliance

Patrick Pastore

Page 6

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

We Study Teachers

Bright Spots What Goes Right Matters Most

Page 7

What is the difference between behavior and culture

Behavior vs Culture

Page 2

Behavior vs Culture

bull Culture is broader how we do and think about things

Itrsquos what we want to happen rather than what we

donrsquot

bull Strong culture canrsquot happen without strong behavior

but building it is more than eliminating poor behavior

bull Addressing behavior has to be grounded in culturemdash

this is who we are Referencing culturemdashthis is what

we are seeking to becomemdashcan help frame your

language in addressing behavior

bull Culture includes everybody Kids and adults

Behavior vs Culture

Page 2

bull Insert Kesete

What makes Kesete effective

Kesete Thompkins

Page 2

bull Insert Kesete

ldquoPersonalityrdquo is often technique in disguise

Kesete Thompkins

Page 2

We are Performers

Loud and Proud

bull Soft copies of binder

bull PowerPoint

bull All video clips (and more)

bull Video analysis talking points

bull All practice activities with facilitator directions

Two Hats

Getting Meta

Expanded 100 Agenda

Compliance You Can See

bull Be Seen Looking Practice

Least Invasive Interventions

bull Non-Verbal Interventions Practice

Least Invasive Interventions

bull PGC and AIC Practice

bull PICPIP Practice

Firm Calm Finesse

The Art of the Consequence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull 3 Rounds

bull Go through your ldquobackpacksrdquo and find an item that fulfills each of the categories

bull You can use anything in your bag EXCEPT for CellphonesTablets

bull STAND and shout BINGO when you have all of the items

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round One Find

ndash Something confiscated from a student

ndash Something yoursquod like to give a student

ndash Something yoursquore reading that makes you a better leader

ndash Something yoursquore reading that is utterly without educational value

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo When you have it Be ready to share your evidence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round Two Find

ndash Something that shows yoursquore a music

aficionado

ndash Something that shows you have two left feet

ndash Something that shows that you live for the

dance

ndash Someone who is willing to show off their best

dance moveshellip

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo when you find evidence

of all 3 Be ready to share your evidence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round Three Find

ndash Something that could be considered modern

art

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an athlete

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an intellectual

ndash Something that shows you love pop culture

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo When you have it Be

ready to share your evidence

What is rigorous and effective about Maggiersquos teaching

in this clip

At first glance this clip has nothing to do with 100

Maggie barely addresses behavior at all but in some

ways this is the most important 100 clip yoursquoll see

today Why

Maggie Johnson

Page 3

Setting The Table

Page 8

100

Getting 100 depends on three key principles

1 Emphasize Compliance You Can See

2 Use the Least Invasive Form of Intervention

3 Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Key Idea Ensure that 100 of students are with you

for teaching and learning 100 of the time 100

of the way

Page 3

100 Compliance You Can See

What will you look for

What are

What does this video have to do with our work

today

Page 3

What will you look for

What areWe Are Looking For

(Passes from Team

in White)

So We Misshellip

(Moonwalking

Bears)

Example

Getting through

the lesson

Off task behavior ldquoWho threw thathelliprdquo

Off task behavior

Students meeting

or exceeding

expectations

ldquoMichaela sit up

pleaserdquo (While

Michaelrsquos eyes go

wide with insighthellip

Big Misbehaviors Little Misbehaviors Constantly putting

out big fires

Page 3

Four Keys to Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 4

How are Kerri and Michael both Building Radar and

Being Seen Looking

Michael Rubino Kerri Rizzolo

Page 4

My Dance Moves Yow

Page 5

The Invisible

ColumnThe Swivel

The Disco

Finger

Be Seen Looking Dance Moves

Page 5

The PoliticianThe

Tiptoe

The

Quarterback

The

Sprinkler

Page 5

Dance MovesWarm-Up

What is effective about Arielle and Seanrsquos use of

RadarBe Seen Looking

Arielle Hoo Sean Gavin

Page 5

Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 6

Lets use this clip to solidify our common language

What evidence is there that Patrick is Be Seen Looking

Building Radar and using Visible Compliance

Patrick Pastore

Page 6

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Bright Spots What Goes Right Matters Most

Page 7

What is the difference between behavior and culture

Behavior vs Culture

Page 2

Behavior vs Culture

bull Culture is broader how we do and think about things

Itrsquos what we want to happen rather than what we

donrsquot

bull Strong culture canrsquot happen without strong behavior

but building it is more than eliminating poor behavior

bull Addressing behavior has to be grounded in culturemdash

this is who we are Referencing culturemdashthis is what

we are seeking to becomemdashcan help frame your

language in addressing behavior

bull Culture includes everybody Kids and adults

Behavior vs Culture

Page 2

bull Insert Kesete

What makes Kesete effective

Kesete Thompkins

Page 2

bull Insert Kesete

ldquoPersonalityrdquo is often technique in disguise

Kesete Thompkins

Page 2

We are Performers

Loud and Proud

bull Soft copies of binder

bull PowerPoint

bull All video clips (and more)

bull Video analysis talking points

bull All practice activities with facilitator directions

Two Hats

Getting Meta

Expanded 100 Agenda

Compliance You Can See

bull Be Seen Looking Practice

Least Invasive Interventions

bull Non-Verbal Interventions Practice

Least Invasive Interventions

bull PGC and AIC Practice

bull PICPIP Practice

Firm Calm Finesse

The Art of the Consequence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull 3 Rounds

bull Go through your ldquobackpacksrdquo and find an item that fulfills each of the categories

bull You can use anything in your bag EXCEPT for CellphonesTablets

bull STAND and shout BINGO when you have all of the items

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round One Find

ndash Something confiscated from a student

ndash Something yoursquod like to give a student

ndash Something yoursquore reading that makes you a better leader

ndash Something yoursquore reading that is utterly without educational value

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo When you have it Be ready to share your evidence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round Two Find

ndash Something that shows yoursquore a music

aficionado

ndash Something that shows you have two left feet

ndash Something that shows that you live for the

dance

ndash Someone who is willing to show off their best

dance moveshellip

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo when you find evidence

of all 3 Be ready to share your evidence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round Three Find

ndash Something that could be considered modern

art

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an athlete

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an intellectual

ndash Something that shows you love pop culture

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo When you have it Be

ready to share your evidence

What is rigorous and effective about Maggiersquos teaching

in this clip

At first glance this clip has nothing to do with 100

Maggie barely addresses behavior at all but in some

ways this is the most important 100 clip yoursquoll see

today Why

Maggie Johnson

Page 3

Setting The Table

Page 8

100

Getting 100 depends on three key principles

1 Emphasize Compliance You Can See

2 Use the Least Invasive Form of Intervention

3 Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Key Idea Ensure that 100 of students are with you

for teaching and learning 100 of the time 100

of the way

Page 3

100 Compliance You Can See

What will you look for

What are

What does this video have to do with our work

today

Page 3

What will you look for

What areWe Are Looking For

(Passes from Team

in White)

So We Misshellip

(Moonwalking

Bears)

Example

Getting through

the lesson

Off task behavior ldquoWho threw thathelliprdquo

Off task behavior

Students meeting

or exceeding

expectations

ldquoMichaela sit up

pleaserdquo (While

Michaelrsquos eyes go

wide with insighthellip

Big Misbehaviors Little Misbehaviors Constantly putting

out big fires

Page 3

Four Keys to Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 4

How are Kerri and Michael both Building Radar and

Being Seen Looking

Michael Rubino Kerri Rizzolo

Page 4

My Dance Moves Yow

Page 5

The Invisible

ColumnThe Swivel

The Disco

Finger

Be Seen Looking Dance Moves

Page 5

The PoliticianThe

Tiptoe

The

Quarterback

The

Sprinkler

Page 5

Dance MovesWarm-Up

What is effective about Arielle and Seanrsquos use of

RadarBe Seen Looking

Arielle Hoo Sean Gavin

Page 5

Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 6

Lets use this clip to solidify our common language

What evidence is there that Patrick is Be Seen Looking

Building Radar and using Visible Compliance

Patrick Pastore

Page 6

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

What is the difference between behavior and culture

Behavior vs Culture

Page 2

Behavior vs Culture

bull Culture is broader how we do and think about things

Itrsquos what we want to happen rather than what we

donrsquot

bull Strong culture canrsquot happen without strong behavior

but building it is more than eliminating poor behavior

bull Addressing behavior has to be grounded in culturemdash

this is who we are Referencing culturemdashthis is what

we are seeking to becomemdashcan help frame your

language in addressing behavior

bull Culture includes everybody Kids and adults

Behavior vs Culture

Page 2

bull Insert Kesete

What makes Kesete effective

Kesete Thompkins

Page 2

bull Insert Kesete

ldquoPersonalityrdquo is often technique in disguise

Kesete Thompkins

Page 2

We are Performers

Loud and Proud

bull Soft copies of binder

bull PowerPoint

bull All video clips (and more)

bull Video analysis talking points

bull All practice activities with facilitator directions

Two Hats

Getting Meta

Expanded 100 Agenda

Compliance You Can See

bull Be Seen Looking Practice

Least Invasive Interventions

bull Non-Verbal Interventions Practice

Least Invasive Interventions

bull PGC and AIC Practice

bull PICPIP Practice

Firm Calm Finesse

The Art of the Consequence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull 3 Rounds

bull Go through your ldquobackpacksrdquo and find an item that fulfills each of the categories

bull You can use anything in your bag EXCEPT for CellphonesTablets

bull STAND and shout BINGO when you have all of the items

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round One Find

ndash Something confiscated from a student

ndash Something yoursquod like to give a student

ndash Something yoursquore reading that makes you a better leader

ndash Something yoursquore reading that is utterly without educational value

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo When you have it Be ready to share your evidence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round Two Find

ndash Something that shows yoursquore a music

aficionado

ndash Something that shows you have two left feet

ndash Something that shows that you live for the

dance

ndash Someone who is willing to show off their best

dance moveshellip

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo when you find evidence

of all 3 Be ready to share your evidence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round Three Find

ndash Something that could be considered modern

art

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an athlete

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an intellectual

ndash Something that shows you love pop culture

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo When you have it Be

ready to share your evidence

What is rigorous and effective about Maggiersquos teaching

in this clip

At first glance this clip has nothing to do with 100

Maggie barely addresses behavior at all but in some

ways this is the most important 100 clip yoursquoll see

today Why

Maggie Johnson

Page 3

Setting The Table

Page 8

100

Getting 100 depends on three key principles

1 Emphasize Compliance You Can See

2 Use the Least Invasive Form of Intervention

3 Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Key Idea Ensure that 100 of students are with you

for teaching and learning 100 of the time 100

of the way

Page 3

100 Compliance You Can See

What will you look for

What are

What does this video have to do with our work

today

Page 3

What will you look for

What areWe Are Looking For

(Passes from Team

in White)

So We Misshellip

(Moonwalking

Bears)

Example

Getting through

the lesson

Off task behavior ldquoWho threw thathelliprdquo

Off task behavior

Students meeting

or exceeding

expectations

ldquoMichaela sit up

pleaserdquo (While

Michaelrsquos eyes go

wide with insighthellip

Big Misbehaviors Little Misbehaviors Constantly putting

out big fires

Page 3

Four Keys to Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 4

How are Kerri and Michael both Building Radar and

Being Seen Looking

Michael Rubino Kerri Rizzolo

Page 4

My Dance Moves Yow

Page 5

The Invisible

ColumnThe Swivel

The Disco

Finger

Be Seen Looking Dance Moves

Page 5

The PoliticianThe

Tiptoe

The

Quarterback

The

Sprinkler

Page 5

Dance MovesWarm-Up

What is effective about Arielle and Seanrsquos use of

RadarBe Seen Looking

Arielle Hoo Sean Gavin

Page 5

Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 6

Lets use this clip to solidify our common language

What evidence is there that Patrick is Be Seen Looking

Building Radar and using Visible Compliance

Patrick Pastore

Page 6

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Behavior vs Culture

bull Culture is broader how we do and think about things

Itrsquos what we want to happen rather than what we

donrsquot

bull Strong culture canrsquot happen without strong behavior

but building it is more than eliminating poor behavior

bull Addressing behavior has to be grounded in culturemdash

this is who we are Referencing culturemdashthis is what

we are seeking to becomemdashcan help frame your

language in addressing behavior

bull Culture includes everybody Kids and adults

Behavior vs Culture

Page 2

bull Insert Kesete

What makes Kesete effective

Kesete Thompkins

Page 2

bull Insert Kesete

ldquoPersonalityrdquo is often technique in disguise

Kesete Thompkins

Page 2

We are Performers

Loud and Proud

bull Soft copies of binder

bull PowerPoint

bull All video clips (and more)

bull Video analysis talking points

bull All practice activities with facilitator directions

Two Hats

Getting Meta

Expanded 100 Agenda

Compliance You Can See

bull Be Seen Looking Practice

Least Invasive Interventions

bull Non-Verbal Interventions Practice

Least Invasive Interventions

bull PGC and AIC Practice

bull PICPIP Practice

Firm Calm Finesse

The Art of the Consequence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull 3 Rounds

bull Go through your ldquobackpacksrdquo and find an item that fulfills each of the categories

bull You can use anything in your bag EXCEPT for CellphonesTablets

bull STAND and shout BINGO when you have all of the items

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round One Find

ndash Something confiscated from a student

ndash Something yoursquod like to give a student

ndash Something yoursquore reading that makes you a better leader

ndash Something yoursquore reading that is utterly without educational value

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo When you have it Be ready to share your evidence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round Two Find

ndash Something that shows yoursquore a music

aficionado

ndash Something that shows you have two left feet

ndash Something that shows that you live for the

dance

ndash Someone who is willing to show off their best

dance moveshellip

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo when you find evidence

of all 3 Be ready to share your evidence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round Three Find

ndash Something that could be considered modern

art

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an athlete

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an intellectual

ndash Something that shows you love pop culture

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo When you have it Be

ready to share your evidence

What is rigorous and effective about Maggiersquos teaching

in this clip

At first glance this clip has nothing to do with 100

Maggie barely addresses behavior at all but in some

ways this is the most important 100 clip yoursquoll see

today Why

Maggie Johnson

Page 3

Setting The Table

Page 8

100

Getting 100 depends on three key principles

1 Emphasize Compliance You Can See

2 Use the Least Invasive Form of Intervention

3 Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Key Idea Ensure that 100 of students are with you

for teaching and learning 100 of the time 100

of the way

Page 3

100 Compliance You Can See

What will you look for

What are

What does this video have to do with our work

today

Page 3

What will you look for

What areWe Are Looking For

(Passes from Team

in White)

So We Misshellip

(Moonwalking

Bears)

Example

Getting through

the lesson

Off task behavior ldquoWho threw thathelliprdquo

Off task behavior

Students meeting

or exceeding

expectations

ldquoMichaela sit up

pleaserdquo (While

Michaelrsquos eyes go

wide with insighthellip

Big Misbehaviors Little Misbehaviors Constantly putting

out big fires

Page 3

Four Keys to Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 4

How are Kerri and Michael both Building Radar and

Being Seen Looking

Michael Rubino Kerri Rizzolo

Page 4

My Dance Moves Yow

Page 5

The Invisible

ColumnThe Swivel

The Disco

Finger

Be Seen Looking Dance Moves

Page 5

The PoliticianThe

Tiptoe

The

Quarterback

The

Sprinkler

Page 5

Dance MovesWarm-Up

What is effective about Arielle and Seanrsquos use of

RadarBe Seen Looking

Arielle Hoo Sean Gavin

Page 5

Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 6

Lets use this clip to solidify our common language

What evidence is there that Patrick is Be Seen Looking

Building Radar and using Visible Compliance

Patrick Pastore

Page 6

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

bull Insert Kesete

What makes Kesete effective

Kesete Thompkins

Page 2

bull Insert Kesete

ldquoPersonalityrdquo is often technique in disguise

Kesete Thompkins

Page 2

We are Performers

Loud and Proud

bull Soft copies of binder

bull PowerPoint

bull All video clips (and more)

bull Video analysis talking points

bull All practice activities with facilitator directions

Two Hats

Getting Meta

Expanded 100 Agenda

Compliance You Can See

bull Be Seen Looking Practice

Least Invasive Interventions

bull Non-Verbal Interventions Practice

Least Invasive Interventions

bull PGC and AIC Practice

bull PICPIP Practice

Firm Calm Finesse

The Art of the Consequence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull 3 Rounds

bull Go through your ldquobackpacksrdquo and find an item that fulfills each of the categories

bull You can use anything in your bag EXCEPT for CellphonesTablets

bull STAND and shout BINGO when you have all of the items

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round One Find

ndash Something confiscated from a student

ndash Something yoursquod like to give a student

ndash Something yoursquore reading that makes you a better leader

ndash Something yoursquore reading that is utterly without educational value

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo When you have it Be ready to share your evidence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round Two Find

ndash Something that shows yoursquore a music

aficionado

ndash Something that shows you have two left feet

ndash Something that shows that you live for the

dance

ndash Someone who is willing to show off their best

dance moveshellip

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo when you find evidence

of all 3 Be ready to share your evidence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round Three Find

ndash Something that could be considered modern

art

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an athlete

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an intellectual

ndash Something that shows you love pop culture

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo When you have it Be

ready to share your evidence

What is rigorous and effective about Maggiersquos teaching

in this clip

At first glance this clip has nothing to do with 100

Maggie barely addresses behavior at all but in some

ways this is the most important 100 clip yoursquoll see

today Why

Maggie Johnson

Page 3

Setting The Table

Page 8

100

Getting 100 depends on three key principles

1 Emphasize Compliance You Can See

2 Use the Least Invasive Form of Intervention

3 Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Key Idea Ensure that 100 of students are with you

for teaching and learning 100 of the time 100

of the way

Page 3

100 Compliance You Can See

What will you look for

What are

What does this video have to do with our work

today

Page 3

What will you look for

What areWe Are Looking For

(Passes from Team

in White)

So We Misshellip

(Moonwalking

Bears)

Example

Getting through

the lesson

Off task behavior ldquoWho threw thathelliprdquo

Off task behavior

Students meeting

or exceeding

expectations

ldquoMichaela sit up

pleaserdquo (While

Michaelrsquos eyes go

wide with insighthellip

Big Misbehaviors Little Misbehaviors Constantly putting

out big fires

Page 3

Four Keys to Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 4

How are Kerri and Michael both Building Radar and

Being Seen Looking

Michael Rubino Kerri Rizzolo

Page 4

My Dance Moves Yow

Page 5

The Invisible

ColumnThe Swivel

The Disco

Finger

Be Seen Looking Dance Moves

Page 5

The PoliticianThe

Tiptoe

The

Quarterback

The

Sprinkler

Page 5

Dance MovesWarm-Up

What is effective about Arielle and Seanrsquos use of

RadarBe Seen Looking

Arielle Hoo Sean Gavin

Page 5

Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 6

Lets use this clip to solidify our common language

What evidence is there that Patrick is Be Seen Looking

Building Radar and using Visible Compliance

Patrick Pastore

Page 6

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

bull Insert Kesete

ldquoPersonalityrdquo is often technique in disguise

Kesete Thompkins

Page 2

We are Performers

Loud and Proud

bull Soft copies of binder

bull PowerPoint

bull All video clips (and more)

bull Video analysis talking points

bull All practice activities with facilitator directions

Two Hats

Getting Meta

Expanded 100 Agenda

Compliance You Can See

bull Be Seen Looking Practice

Least Invasive Interventions

bull Non-Verbal Interventions Practice

Least Invasive Interventions

bull PGC and AIC Practice

bull PICPIP Practice

Firm Calm Finesse

The Art of the Consequence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull 3 Rounds

bull Go through your ldquobackpacksrdquo and find an item that fulfills each of the categories

bull You can use anything in your bag EXCEPT for CellphonesTablets

bull STAND and shout BINGO when you have all of the items

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round One Find

ndash Something confiscated from a student

ndash Something yoursquod like to give a student

ndash Something yoursquore reading that makes you a better leader

ndash Something yoursquore reading that is utterly without educational value

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo When you have it Be ready to share your evidence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round Two Find

ndash Something that shows yoursquore a music

aficionado

ndash Something that shows you have two left feet

ndash Something that shows that you live for the

dance

ndash Someone who is willing to show off their best

dance moveshellip

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo when you find evidence

of all 3 Be ready to share your evidence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round Three Find

ndash Something that could be considered modern

art

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an athlete

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an intellectual

ndash Something that shows you love pop culture

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo When you have it Be

ready to share your evidence

What is rigorous and effective about Maggiersquos teaching

in this clip

At first glance this clip has nothing to do with 100

Maggie barely addresses behavior at all but in some

ways this is the most important 100 clip yoursquoll see

today Why

Maggie Johnson

Page 3

Setting The Table

Page 8

100

Getting 100 depends on three key principles

1 Emphasize Compliance You Can See

2 Use the Least Invasive Form of Intervention

3 Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Key Idea Ensure that 100 of students are with you

for teaching and learning 100 of the time 100

of the way

Page 3

100 Compliance You Can See

What will you look for

What are

What does this video have to do with our work

today

Page 3

What will you look for

What areWe Are Looking For

(Passes from Team

in White)

So We Misshellip

(Moonwalking

Bears)

Example

Getting through

the lesson

Off task behavior ldquoWho threw thathelliprdquo

Off task behavior

Students meeting

or exceeding

expectations

ldquoMichaela sit up

pleaserdquo (While

Michaelrsquos eyes go

wide with insighthellip

Big Misbehaviors Little Misbehaviors Constantly putting

out big fires

Page 3

Four Keys to Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 4

How are Kerri and Michael both Building Radar and

Being Seen Looking

Michael Rubino Kerri Rizzolo

Page 4

My Dance Moves Yow

Page 5

The Invisible

ColumnThe Swivel

The Disco

Finger

Be Seen Looking Dance Moves

Page 5

The PoliticianThe

Tiptoe

The

Quarterback

The

Sprinkler

Page 5

Dance MovesWarm-Up

What is effective about Arielle and Seanrsquos use of

RadarBe Seen Looking

Arielle Hoo Sean Gavin

Page 5

Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 6

Lets use this clip to solidify our common language

What evidence is there that Patrick is Be Seen Looking

Building Radar and using Visible Compliance

Patrick Pastore

Page 6

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

We are Performers

Loud and Proud

bull Soft copies of binder

bull PowerPoint

bull All video clips (and more)

bull Video analysis talking points

bull All practice activities with facilitator directions

Two Hats

Getting Meta

Expanded 100 Agenda

Compliance You Can See

bull Be Seen Looking Practice

Least Invasive Interventions

bull Non-Verbal Interventions Practice

Least Invasive Interventions

bull PGC and AIC Practice

bull PICPIP Practice

Firm Calm Finesse

The Art of the Consequence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull 3 Rounds

bull Go through your ldquobackpacksrdquo and find an item that fulfills each of the categories

bull You can use anything in your bag EXCEPT for CellphonesTablets

bull STAND and shout BINGO when you have all of the items

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round One Find

ndash Something confiscated from a student

ndash Something yoursquod like to give a student

ndash Something yoursquore reading that makes you a better leader

ndash Something yoursquore reading that is utterly without educational value

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo When you have it Be ready to share your evidence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round Two Find

ndash Something that shows yoursquore a music

aficionado

ndash Something that shows you have two left feet

ndash Something that shows that you live for the

dance

ndash Someone who is willing to show off their best

dance moveshellip

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo when you find evidence

of all 3 Be ready to share your evidence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round Three Find

ndash Something that could be considered modern

art

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an athlete

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an intellectual

ndash Something that shows you love pop culture

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo When you have it Be

ready to share your evidence

What is rigorous and effective about Maggiersquos teaching

in this clip

At first glance this clip has nothing to do with 100

Maggie barely addresses behavior at all but in some

ways this is the most important 100 clip yoursquoll see

today Why

Maggie Johnson

Page 3

Setting The Table

Page 8

100

Getting 100 depends on three key principles

1 Emphasize Compliance You Can See

2 Use the Least Invasive Form of Intervention

3 Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Key Idea Ensure that 100 of students are with you

for teaching and learning 100 of the time 100

of the way

Page 3

100 Compliance You Can See

What will you look for

What are

What does this video have to do with our work

today

Page 3

What will you look for

What areWe Are Looking For

(Passes from Team

in White)

So We Misshellip

(Moonwalking

Bears)

Example

Getting through

the lesson

Off task behavior ldquoWho threw thathelliprdquo

Off task behavior

Students meeting

or exceeding

expectations

ldquoMichaela sit up

pleaserdquo (While

Michaelrsquos eyes go

wide with insighthellip

Big Misbehaviors Little Misbehaviors Constantly putting

out big fires

Page 3

Four Keys to Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 4

How are Kerri and Michael both Building Radar and

Being Seen Looking

Michael Rubino Kerri Rizzolo

Page 4

My Dance Moves Yow

Page 5

The Invisible

ColumnThe Swivel

The Disco

Finger

Be Seen Looking Dance Moves

Page 5

The PoliticianThe

Tiptoe

The

Quarterback

The

Sprinkler

Page 5

Dance MovesWarm-Up

What is effective about Arielle and Seanrsquos use of

RadarBe Seen Looking

Arielle Hoo Sean Gavin

Page 5

Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 6

Lets use this clip to solidify our common language

What evidence is there that Patrick is Be Seen Looking

Building Radar and using Visible Compliance

Patrick Pastore

Page 6

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Loud and Proud

bull Soft copies of binder

bull PowerPoint

bull All video clips (and more)

bull Video analysis talking points

bull All practice activities with facilitator directions

Two Hats

Getting Meta

Expanded 100 Agenda

Compliance You Can See

bull Be Seen Looking Practice

Least Invasive Interventions

bull Non-Verbal Interventions Practice

Least Invasive Interventions

bull PGC and AIC Practice

bull PICPIP Practice

Firm Calm Finesse

The Art of the Consequence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull 3 Rounds

bull Go through your ldquobackpacksrdquo and find an item that fulfills each of the categories

bull You can use anything in your bag EXCEPT for CellphonesTablets

bull STAND and shout BINGO when you have all of the items

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round One Find

ndash Something confiscated from a student

ndash Something yoursquod like to give a student

ndash Something yoursquore reading that makes you a better leader

ndash Something yoursquore reading that is utterly without educational value

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo When you have it Be ready to share your evidence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round Two Find

ndash Something that shows yoursquore a music

aficionado

ndash Something that shows you have two left feet

ndash Something that shows that you live for the

dance

ndash Someone who is willing to show off their best

dance moveshellip

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo when you find evidence

of all 3 Be ready to share your evidence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round Three Find

ndash Something that could be considered modern

art

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an athlete

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an intellectual

ndash Something that shows you love pop culture

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo When you have it Be

ready to share your evidence

What is rigorous and effective about Maggiersquos teaching

in this clip

At first glance this clip has nothing to do with 100

Maggie barely addresses behavior at all but in some

ways this is the most important 100 clip yoursquoll see

today Why

Maggie Johnson

Page 3

Setting The Table

Page 8

100

Getting 100 depends on three key principles

1 Emphasize Compliance You Can See

2 Use the Least Invasive Form of Intervention

3 Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Key Idea Ensure that 100 of students are with you

for teaching and learning 100 of the time 100

of the way

Page 3

100 Compliance You Can See

What will you look for

What are

What does this video have to do with our work

today

Page 3

What will you look for

What areWe Are Looking For

(Passes from Team

in White)

So We Misshellip

(Moonwalking

Bears)

Example

Getting through

the lesson

Off task behavior ldquoWho threw thathelliprdquo

Off task behavior

Students meeting

or exceeding

expectations

ldquoMichaela sit up

pleaserdquo (While

Michaelrsquos eyes go

wide with insighthellip

Big Misbehaviors Little Misbehaviors Constantly putting

out big fires

Page 3

Four Keys to Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 4

How are Kerri and Michael both Building Radar and

Being Seen Looking

Michael Rubino Kerri Rizzolo

Page 4

My Dance Moves Yow

Page 5

The Invisible

ColumnThe Swivel

The Disco

Finger

Be Seen Looking Dance Moves

Page 5

The PoliticianThe

Tiptoe

The

Quarterback

The

Sprinkler

Page 5

Dance MovesWarm-Up

What is effective about Arielle and Seanrsquos use of

RadarBe Seen Looking

Arielle Hoo Sean Gavin

Page 5

Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 6

Lets use this clip to solidify our common language

What evidence is there that Patrick is Be Seen Looking

Building Radar and using Visible Compliance

Patrick Pastore

Page 6

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

bull Soft copies of binder

bull PowerPoint

bull All video clips (and more)

bull Video analysis talking points

bull All practice activities with facilitator directions

Two Hats

Getting Meta

Expanded 100 Agenda

Compliance You Can See

bull Be Seen Looking Practice

Least Invasive Interventions

bull Non-Verbal Interventions Practice

Least Invasive Interventions

bull PGC and AIC Practice

bull PICPIP Practice

Firm Calm Finesse

The Art of the Consequence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull 3 Rounds

bull Go through your ldquobackpacksrdquo and find an item that fulfills each of the categories

bull You can use anything in your bag EXCEPT for CellphonesTablets

bull STAND and shout BINGO when you have all of the items

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round One Find

ndash Something confiscated from a student

ndash Something yoursquod like to give a student

ndash Something yoursquore reading that makes you a better leader

ndash Something yoursquore reading that is utterly without educational value

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo When you have it Be ready to share your evidence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round Two Find

ndash Something that shows yoursquore a music

aficionado

ndash Something that shows you have two left feet

ndash Something that shows that you live for the

dance

ndash Someone who is willing to show off their best

dance moveshellip

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo when you find evidence

of all 3 Be ready to share your evidence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round Three Find

ndash Something that could be considered modern

art

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an athlete

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an intellectual

ndash Something that shows you love pop culture

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo When you have it Be

ready to share your evidence

What is rigorous and effective about Maggiersquos teaching

in this clip

At first glance this clip has nothing to do with 100

Maggie barely addresses behavior at all but in some

ways this is the most important 100 clip yoursquoll see

today Why

Maggie Johnson

Page 3

Setting The Table

Page 8

100

Getting 100 depends on three key principles

1 Emphasize Compliance You Can See

2 Use the Least Invasive Form of Intervention

3 Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Key Idea Ensure that 100 of students are with you

for teaching and learning 100 of the time 100

of the way

Page 3

100 Compliance You Can See

What will you look for

What are

What does this video have to do with our work

today

Page 3

What will you look for

What areWe Are Looking For

(Passes from Team

in White)

So We Misshellip

(Moonwalking

Bears)

Example

Getting through

the lesson

Off task behavior ldquoWho threw thathelliprdquo

Off task behavior

Students meeting

or exceeding

expectations

ldquoMichaela sit up

pleaserdquo (While

Michaelrsquos eyes go

wide with insighthellip

Big Misbehaviors Little Misbehaviors Constantly putting

out big fires

Page 3

Four Keys to Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 4

How are Kerri and Michael both Building Radar and

Being Seen Looking

Michael Rubino Kerri Rizzolo

Page 4

My Dance Moves Yow

Page 5

The Invisible

ColumnThe Swivel

The Disco

Finger

Be Seen Looking Dance Moves

Page 5

The PoliticianThe

Tiptoe

The

Quarterback

The

Sprinkler

Page 5

Dance MovesWarm-Up

What is effective about Arielle and Seanrsquos use of

RadarBe Seen Looking

Arielle Hoo Sean Gavin

Page 5

Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 6

Lets use this clip to solidify our common language

What evidence is there that Patrick is Be Seen Looking

Building Radar and using Visible Compliance

Patrick Pastore

Page 6

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Getting Meta

Expanded 100 Agenda

Compliance You Can See

bull Be Seen Looking Practice

Least Invasive Interventions

bull Non-Verbal Interventions Practice

Least Invasive Interventions

bull PGC and AIC Practice

bull PICPIP Practice

Firm Calm Finesse

The Art of the Consequence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull 3 Rounds

bull Go through your ldquobackpacksrdquo and find an item that fulfills each of the categories

bull You can use anything in your bag EXCEPT for CellphonesTablets

bull STAND and shout BINGO when you have all of the items

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round One Find

ndash Something confiscated from a student

ndash Something yoursquod like to give a student

ndash Something yoursquore reading that makes you a better leader

ndash Something yoursquore reading that is utterly without educational value

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo When you have it Be ready to share your evidence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round Two Find

ndash Something that shows yoursquore a music

aficionado

ndash Something that shows you have two left feet

ndash Something that shows that you live for the

dance

ndash Someone who is willing to show off their best

dance moveshellip

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo when you find evidence

of all 3 Be ready to share your evidence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round Three Find

ndash Something that could be considered modern

art

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an athlete

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an intellectual

ndash Something that shows you love pop culture

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo When you have it Be

ready to share your evidence

What is rigorous and effective about Maggiersquos teaching

in this clip

At first glance this clip has nothing to do with 100

Maggie barely addresses behavior at all but in some

ways this is the most important 100 clip yoursquoll see

today Why

Maggie Johnson

Page 3

Setting The Table

Page 8

100

Getting 100 depends on three key principles

1 Emphasize Compliance You Can See

2 Use the Least Invasive Form of Intervention

3 Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Key Idea Ensure that 100 of students are with you

for teaching and learning 100 of the time 100

of the way

Page 3

100 Compliance You Can See

What will you look for

What are

What does this video have to do with our work

today

Page 3

What will you look for

What areWe Are Looking For

(Passes from Team

in White)

So We Misshellip

(Moonwalking

Bears)

Example

Getting through

the lesson

Off task behavior ldquoWho threw thathelliprdquo

Off task behavior

Students meeting

or exceeding

expectations

ldquoMichaela sit up

pleaserdquo (While

Michaelrsquos eyes go

wide with insighthellip

Big Misbehaviors Little Misbehaviors Constantly putting

out big fires

Page 3

Four Keys to Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 4

How are Kerri and Michael both Building Radar and

Being Seen Looking

Michael Rubino Kerri Rizzolo

Page 4

My Dance Moves Yow

Page 5

The Invisible

ColumnThe Swivel

The Disco

Finger

Be Seen Looking Dance Moves

Page 5

The PoliticianThe

Tiptoe

The

Quarterback

The

Sprinkler

Page 5

Dance MovesWarm-Up

What is effective about Arielle and Seanrsquos use of

RadarBe Seen Looking

Arielle Hoo Sean Gavin

Page 5

Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 6

Lets use this clip to solidify our common language

What evidence is there that Patrick is Be Seen Looking

Building Radar and using Visible Compliance

Patrick Pastore

Page 6

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Expanded 100 Agenda

Compliance You Can See

bull Be Seen Looking Practice

Least Invasive Interventions

bull Non-Verbal Interventions Practice

Least Invasive Interventions

bull PGC and AIC Practice

bull PICPIP Practice

Firm Calm Finesse

The Art of the Consequence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull 3 Rounds

bull Go through your ldquobackpacksrdquo and find an item that fulfills each of the categories

bull You can use anything in your bag EXCEPT for CellphonesTablets

bull STAND and shout BINGO when you have all of the items

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round One Find

ndash Something confiscated from a student

ndash Something yoursquod like to give a student

ndash Something yoursquore reading that makes you a better leader

ndash Something yoursquore reading that is utterly without educational value

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo When you have it Be ready to share your evidence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round Two Find

ndash Something that shows yoursquore a music

aficionado

ndash Something that shows you have two left feet

ndash Something that shows that you live for the

dance

ndash Someone who is willing to show off their best

dance moveshellip

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo when you find evidence

of all 3 Be ready to share your evidence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round Three Find

ndash Something that could be considered modern

art

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an athlete

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an intellectual

ndash Something that shows you love pop culture

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo When you have it Be

ready to share your evidence

What is rigorous and effective about Maggiersquos teaching

in this clip

At first glance this clip has nothing to do with 100

Maggie barely addresses behavior at all but in some

ways this is the most important 100 clip yoursquoll see

today Why

Maggie Johnson

Page 3

Setting The Table

Page 8

100

Getting 100 depends on three key principles

1 Emphasize Compliance You Can See

2 Use the Least Invasive Form of Intervention

3 Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Key Idea Ensure that 100 of students are with you

for teaching and learning 100 of the time 100

of the way

Page 3

100 Compliance You Can See

What will you look for

What are

What does this video have to do with our work

today

Page 3

What will you look for

What areWe Are Looking For

(Passes from Team

in White)

So We Misshellip

(Moonwalking

Bears)

Example

Getting through

the lesson

Off task behavior ldquoWho threw thathelliprdquo

Off task behavior

Students meeting

or exceeding

expectations

ldquoMichaela sit up

pleaserdquo (While

Michaelrsquos eyes go

wide with insighthellip

Big Misbehaviors Little Misbehaviors Constantly putting

out big fires

Page 3

Four Keys to Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 4

How are Kerri and Michael both Building Radar and

Being Seen Looking

Michael Rubino Kerri Rizzolo

Page 4

My Dance Moves Yow

Page 5

The Invisible

ColumnThe Swivel

The Disco

Finger

Be Seen Looking Dance Moves

Page 5

The PoliticianThe

Tiptoe

The

Quarterback

The

Sprinkler

Page 5

Dance MovesWarm-Up

What is effective about Arielle and Seanrsquos use of

RadarBe Seen Looking

Arielle Hoo Sean Gavin

Page 5

Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 6

Lets use this clip to solidify our common language

What evidence is there that Patrick is Be Seen Looking

Building Radar and using Visible Compliance

Patrick Pastore

Page 6

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull 3 Rounds

bull Go through your ldquobackpacksrdquo and find an item that fulfills each of the categories

bull You can use anything in your bag EXCEPT for CellphonesTablets

bull STAND and shout BINGO when you have all of the items

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round One Find

ndash Something confiscated from a student

ndash Something yoursquod like to give a student

ndash Something yoursquore reading that makes you a better leader

ndash Something yoursquore reading that is utterly without educational value

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo When you have it Be ready to share your evidence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round Two Find

ndash Something that shows yoursquore a music

aficionado

ndash Something that shows you have two left feet

ndash Something that shows that you live for the

dance

ndash Someone who is willing to show off their best

dance moveshellip

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo when you find evidence

of all 3 Be ready to share your evidence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round Three Find

ndash Something that could be considered modern

art

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an athlete

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an intellectual

ndash Something that shows you love pop culture

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo When you have it Be

ready to share your evidence

What is rigorous and effective about Maggiersquos teaching

in this clip

At first glance this clip has nothing to do with 100

Maggie barely addresses behavior at all but in some

ways this is the most important 100 clip yoursquoll see

today Why

Maggie Johnson

Page 3

Setting The Table

Page 8

100

Getting 100 depends on three key principles

1 Emphasize Compliance You Can See

2 Use the Least Invasive Form of Intervention

3 Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Key Idea Ensure that 100 of students are with you

for teaching and learning 100 of the time 100

of the way

Page 3

100 Compliance You Can See

What will you look for

What are

What does this video have to do with our work

today

Page 3

What will you look for

What areWe Are Looking For

(Passes from Team

in White)

So We Misshellip

(Moonwalking

Bears)

Example

Getting through

the lesson

Off task behavior ldquoWho threw thathelliprdquo

Off task behavior

Students meeting

or exceeding

expectations

ldquoMichaela sit up

pleaserdquo (While

Michaelrsquos eyes go

wide with insighthellip

Big Misbehaviors Little Misbehaviors Constantly putting

out big fires

Page 3

Four Keys to Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 4

How are Kerri and Michael both Building Radar and

Being Seen Looking

Michael Rubino Kerri Rizzolo

Page 4

My Dance Moves Yow

Page 5

The Invisible

ColumnThe Swivel

The Disco

Finger

Be Seen Looking Dance Moves

Page 5

The PoliticianThe

Tiptoe

The

Quarterback

The

Sprinkler

Page 5

Dance MovesWarm-Up

What is effective about Arielle and Seanrsquos use of

RadarBe Seen Looking

Arielle Hoo Sean Gavin

Page 5

Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 6

Lets use this clip to solidify our common language

What evidence is there that Patrick is Be Seen Looking

Building Radar and using Visible Compliance

Patrick Pastore

Page 6

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round One Find

ndash Something confiscated from a student

ndash Something yoursquod like to give a student

ndash Something yoursquore reading that makes you a better leader

ndash Something yoursquore reading that is utterly without educational value

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo When you have it Be ready to share your evidence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round Two Find

ndash Something that shows yoursquore a music

aficionado

ndash Something that shows you have two left feet

ndash Something that shows that you live for the

dance

ndash Someone who is willing to show off their best

dance moveshellip

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo when you find evidence

of all 3 Be ready to share your evidence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round Three Find

ndash Something that could be considered modern

art

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an athlete

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an intellectual

ndash Something that shows you love pop culture

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo When you have it Be

ready to share your evidence

What is rigorous and effective about Maggiersquos teaching

in this clip

At first glance this clip has nothing to do with 100

Maggie barely addresses behavior at all but in some

ways this is the most important 100 clip yoursquoll see

today Why

Maggie Johnson

Page 3

Setting The Table

Page 8

100

Getting 100 depends on three key principles

1 Emphasize Compliance You Can See

2 Use the Least Invasive Form of Intervention

3 Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Key Idea Ensure that 100 of students are with you

for teaching and learning 100 of the time 100

of the way

Page 3

100 Compliance You Can See

What will you look for

What are

What does this video have to do with our work

today

Page 3

What will you look for

What areWe Are Looking For

(Passes from Team

in White)

So We Misshellip

(Moonwalking

Bears)

Example

Getting through

the lesson

Off task behavior ldquoWho threw thathelliprdquo

Off task behavior

Students meeting

or exceeding

expectations

ldquoMichaela sit up

pleaserdquo (While

Michaelrsquos eyes go

wide with insighthellip

Big Misbehaviors Little Misbehaviors Constantly putting

out big fires

Page 3

Four Keys to Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 4

How are Kerri and Michael both Building Radar and

Being Seen Looking

Michael Rubino Kerri Rizzolo

Page 4

My Dance Moves Yow

Page 5

The Invisible

ColumnThe Swivel

The Disco

Finger

Be Seen Looking Dance Moves

Page 5

The PoliticianThe

Tiptoe

The

Quarterback

The

Sprinkler

Page 5

Dance MovesWarm-Up

What is effective about Arielle and Seanrsquos use of

RadarBe Seen Looking

Arielle Hoo Sean Gavin

Page 5

Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 6

Lets use this clip to solidify our common language

What evidence is there that Patrick is Be Seen Looking

Building Radar and using Visible Compliance

Patrick Pastore

Page 6

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round Two Find

ndash Something that shows yoursquore a music

aficionado

ndash Something that shows you have two left feet

ndash Something that shows that you live for the

dance

ndash Someone who is willing to show off their best

dance moveshellip

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo when you find evidence

of all 3 Be ready to share your evidence

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round Three Find

ndash Something that could be considered modern

art

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an athlete

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an intellectual

ndash Something that shows you love pop culture

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo When you have it Be

ready to share your evidence

What is rigorous and effective about Maggiersquos teaching

in this clip

At first glance this clip has nothing to do with 100

Maggie barely addresses behavior at all but in some

ways this is the most important 100 clip yoursquoll see

today Why

Maggie Johnson

Page 3

Setting The Table

Page 8

100

Getting 100 depends on three key principles

1 Emphasize Compliance You Can See

2 Use the Least Invasive Form of Intervention

3 Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Key Idea Ensure that 100 of students are with you

for teaching and learning 100 of the time 100

of the way

Page 3

100 Compliance You Can See

What will you look for

What are

What does this video have to do with our work

today

Page 3

What will you look for

What areWe Are Looking For

(Passes from Team

in White)

So We Misshellip

(Moonwalking

Bears)

Example

Getting through

the lesson

Off task behavior ldquoWho threw thathelliprdquo

Off task behavior

Students meeting

or exceeding

expectations

ldquoMichaela sit up

pleaserdquo (While

Michaelrsquos eyes go

wide with insighthellip

Big Misbehaviors Little Misbehaviors Constantly putting

out big fires

Page 3

Four Keys to Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 4

How are Kerri and Michael both Building Radar and

Being Seen Looking

Michael Rubino Kerri Rizzolo

Page 4

My Dance Moves Yow

Page 5

The Invisible

ColumnThe Swivel

The Disco

Finger

Be Seen Looking Dance Moves

Page 5

The PoliticianThe

Tiptoe

The

Quarterback

The

Sprinkler

Page 5

Dance MovesWarm-Up

What is effective about Arielle and Seanrsquos use of

RadarBe Seen Looking

Arielle Hoo Sean Gavin

Page 5

Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 6

Lets use this clip to solidify our common language

What evidence is there that Patrick is Be Seen Looking

Building Radar and using Visible Compliance

Patrick Pastore

Page 6

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

ldquoBackpackrdquo Bingo

bull Round Three Find

ndash Something that could be considered modern

art

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an athlete

ndash Something that shows yoursquore an intellectual

ndash Something that shows you love pop culture

STAND and shout ldquoBINGOrdquo When you have it Be

ready to share your evidence

What is rigorous and effective about Maggiersquos teaching

in this clip

At first glance this clip has nothing to do with 100

Maggie barely addresses behavior at all but in some

ways this is the most important 100 clip yoursquoll see

today Why

Maggie Johnson

Page 3

Setting The Table

Page 8

100

Getting 100 depends on three key principles

1 Emphasize Compliance You Can See

2 Use the Least Invasive Form of Intervention

3 Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Key Idea Ensure that 100 of students are with you

for teaching and learning 100 of the time 100

of the way

Page 3

100 Compliance You Can See

What will you look for

What are

What does this video have to do with our work

today

Page 3

What will you look for

What areWe Are Looking For

(Passes from Team

in White)

So We Misshellip

(Moonwalking

Bears)

Example

Getting through

the lesson

Off task behavior ldquoWho threw thathelliprdquo

Off task behavior

Students meeting

or exceeding

expectations

ldquoMichaela sit up

pleaserdquo (While

Michaelrsquos eyes go

wide with insighthellip

Big Misbehaviors Little Misbehaviors Constantly putting

out big fires

Page 3

Four Keys to Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 4

How are Kerri and Michael both Building Radar and

Being Seen Looking

Michael Rubino Kerri Rizzolo

Page 4

My Dance Moves Yow

Page 5

The Invisible

ColumnThe Swivel

The Disco

Finger

Be Seen Looking Dance Moves

Page 5

The PoliticianThe

Tiptoe

The

Quarterback

The

Sprinkler

Page 5

Dance MovesWarm-Up

What is effective about Arielle and Seanrsquos use of

RadarBe Seen Looking

Arielle Hoo Sean Gavin

Page 5

Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 6

Lets use this clip to solidify our common language

What evidence is there that Patrick is Be Seen Looking

Building Radar and using Visible Compliance

Patrick Pastore

Page 6

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

What is rigorous and effective about Maggiersquos teaching

in this clip

At first glance this clip has nothing to do with 100

Maggie barely addresses behavior at all but in some

ways this is the most important 100 clip yoursquoll see

today Why

Maggie Johnson

Page 3

Setting The Table

Page 8

100

Getting 100 depends on three key principles

1 Emphasize Compliance You Can See

2 Use the Least Invasive Form of Intervention

3 Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Key Idea Ensure that 100 of students are with you

for teaching and learning 100 of the time 100

of the way

Page 3

100 Compliance You Can See

What will you look for

What are

What does this video have to do with our work

today

Page 3

What will you look for

What areWe Are Looking For

(Passes from Team

in White)

So We Misshellip

(Moonwalking

Bears)

Example

Getting through

the lesson

Off task behavior ldquoWho threw thathelliprdquo

Off task behavior

Students meeting

or exceeding

expectations

ldquoMichaela sit up

pleaserdquo (While

Michaelrsquos eyes go

wide with insighthellip

Big Misbehaviors Little Misbehaviors Constantly putting

out big fires

Page 3

Four Keys to Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 4

How are Kerri and Michael both Building Radar and

Being Seen Looking

Michael Rubino Kerri Rizzolo

Page 4

My Dance Moves Yow

Page 5

The Invisible

ColumnThe Swivel

The Disco

Finger

Be Seen Looking Dance Moves

Page 5

The PoliticianThe

Tiptoe

The

Quarterback

The

Sprinkler

Page 5

Dance MovesWarm-Up

What is effective about Arielle and Seanrsquos use of

RadarBe Seen Looking

Arielle Hoo Sean Gavin

Page 5

Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 6

Lets use this clip to solidify our common language

What evidence is there that Patrick is Be Seen Looking

Building Radar and using Visible Compliance

Patrick Pastore

Page 6

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Setting The Table

Page 8

100

Getting 100 depends on three key principles

1 Emphasize Compliance You Can See

2 Use the Least Invasive Form of Intervention

3 Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Key Idea Ensure that 100 of students are with you

for teaching and learning 100 of the time 100

of the way

Page 3

100 Compliance You Can See

What will you look for

What are

What does this video have to do with our work

today

Page 3

What will you look for

What areWe Are Looking For

(Passes from Team

in White)

So We Misshellip

(Moonwalking

Bears)

Example

Getting through

the lesson

Off task behavior ldquoWho threw thathelliprdquo

Off task behavior

Students meeting

or exceeding

expectations

ldquoMichaela sit up

pleaserdquo (While

Michaelrsquos eyes go

wide with insighthellip

Big Misbehaviors Little Misbehaviors Constantly putting

out big fires

Page 3

Four Keys to Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 4

How are Kerri and Michael both Building Radar and

Being Seen Looking

Michael Rubino Kerri Rizzolo

Page 4

My Dance Moves Yow

Page 5

The Invisible

ColumnThe Swivel

The Disco

Finger

Be Seen Looking Dance Moves

Page 5

The PoliticianThe

Tiptoe

The

Quarterback

The

Sprinkler

Page 5

Dance MovesWarm-Up

What is effective about Arielle and Seanrsquos use of

RadarBe Seen Looking

Arielle Hoo Sean Gavin

Page 5

Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 6

Lets use this clip to solidify our common language

What evidence is there that Patrick is Be Seen Looking

Building Radar and using Visible Compliance

Patrick Pastore

Page 6

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

100

Getting 100 depends on three key principles

1 Emphasize Compliance You Can See

2 Use the Least Invasive Form of Intervention

3 Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Key Idea Ensure that 100 of students are with you

for teaching and learning 100 of the time 100

of the way

Page 3

100 Compliance You Can See

What will you look for

What are

What does this video have to do with our work

today

Page 3

What will you look for

What areWe Are Looking For

(Passes from Team

in White)

So We Misshellip

(Moonwalking

Bears)

Example

Getting through

the lesson

Off task behavior ldquoWho threw thathelliprdquo

Off task behavior

Students meeting

or exceeding

expectations

ldquoMichaela sit up

pleaserdquo (While

Michaelrsquos eyes go

wide with insighthellip

Big Misbehaviors Little Misbehaviors Constantly putting

out big fires

Page 3

Four Keys to Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 4

How are Kerri and Michael both Building Radar and

Being Seen Looking

Michael Rubino Kerri Rizzolo

Page 4

My Dance Moves Yow

Page 5

The Invisible

ColumnThe Swivel

The Disco

Finger

Be Seen Looking Dance Moves

Page 5

The PoliticianThe

Tiptoe

The

Quarterback

The

Sprinkler

Page 5

Dance MovesWarm-Up

What is effective about Arielle and Seanrsquos use of

RadarBe Seen Looking

Arielle Hoo Sean Gavin

Page 5

Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 6

Lets use this clip to solidify our common language

What evidence is there that Patrick is Be Seen Looking

Building Radar and using Visible Compliance

Patrick Pastore

Page 6

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

100 Compliance You Can See

What will you look for

What are

What does this video have to do with our work

today

Page 3

What will you look for

What areWe Are Looking For

(Passes from Team

in White)

So We Misshellip

(Moonwalking

Bears)

Example

Getting through

the lesson

Off task behavior ldquoWho threw thathelliprdquo

Off task behavior

Students meeting

or exceeding

expectations

ldquoMichaela sit up

pleaserdquo (While

Michaelrsquos eyes go

wide with insighthellip

Big Misbehaviors Little Misbehaviors Constantly putting

out big fires

Page 3

Four Keys to Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 4

How are Kerri and Michael both Building Radar and

Being Seen Looking

Michael Rubino Kerri Rizzolo

Page 4

My Dance Moves Yow

Page 5

The Invisible

ColumnThe Swivel

The Disco

Finger

Be Seen Looking Dance Moves

Page 5

The PoliticianThe

Tiptoe

The

Quarterback

The

Sprinkler

Page 5

Dance MovesWarm-Up

What is effective about Arielle and Seanrsquos use of

RadarBe Seen Looking

Arielle Hoo Sean Gavin

Page 5

Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 6

Lets use this clip to solidify our common language

What evidence is there that Patrick is Be Seen Looking

Building Radar and using Visible Compliance

Patrick Pastore

Page 6

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

What will you look for

What are

What does this video have to do with our work

today

Page 3

What will you look for

What areWe Are Looking For

(Passes from Team

in White)

So We Misshellip

(Moonwalking

Bears)

Example

Getting through

the lesson

Off task behavior ldquoWho threw thathelliprdquo

Off task behavior

Students meeting

or exceeding

expectations

ldquoMichaela sit up

pleaserdquo (While

Michaelrsquos eyes go

wide with insighthellip

Big Misbehaviors Little Misbehaviors Constantly putting

out big fires

Page 3

Four Keys to Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 4

How are Kerri and Michael both Building Radar and

Being Seen Looking

Michael Rubino Kerri Rizzolo

Page 4

My Dance Moves Yow

Page 5

The Invisible

ColumnThe Swivel

The Disco

Finger

Be Seen Looking Dance Moves

Page 5

The PoliticianThe

Tiptoe

The

Quarterback

The

Sprinkler

Page 5

Dance MovesWarm-Up

What is effective about Arielle and Seanrsquos use of

RadarBe Seen Looking

Arielle Hoo Sean Gavin

Page 5

Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 6

Lets use this clip to solidify our common language

What evidence is there that Patrick is Be Seen Looking

Building Radar and using Visible Compliance

Patrick Pastore

Page 6

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

What will you look for

What areWe Are Looking For

(Passes from Team

in White)

So We Misshellip

(Moonwalking

Bears)

Example

Getting through

the lesson

Off task behavior ldquoWho threw thathelliprdquo

Off task behavior

Students meeting

or exceeding

expectations

ldquoMichaela sit up

pleaserdquo (While

Michaelrsquos eyes go

wide with insighthellip

Big Misbehaviors Little Misbehaviors Constantly putting

out big fires

Page 3

Four Keys to Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 4

How are Kerri and Michael both Building Radar and

Being Seen Looking

Michael Rubino Kerri Rizzolo

Page 4

My Dance Moves Yow

Page 5

The Invisible

ColumnThe Swivel

The Disco

Finger

Be Seen Looking Dance Moves

Page 5

The PoliticianThe

Tiptoe

The

Quarterback

The

Sprinkler

Page 5

Dance MovesWarm-Up

What is effective about Arielle and Seanrsquos use of

RadarBe Seen Looking

Arielle Hoo Sean Gavin

Page 5

Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 6

Lets use this clip to solidify our common language

What evidence is there that Patrick is Be Seen Looking

Building Radar and using Visible Compliance

Patrick Pastore

Page 6

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Four Keys to Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 4

How are Kerri and Michael both Building Radar and

Being Seen Looking

Michael Rubino Kerri Rizzolo

Page 4

My Dance Moves Yow

Page 5

The Invisible

ColumnThe Swivel

The Disco

Finger

Be Seen Looking Dance Moves

Page 5

The PoliticianThe

Tiptoe

The

Quarterback

The

Sprinkler

Page 5

Dance MovesWarm-Up

What is effective about Arielle and Seanrsquos use of

RadarBe Seen Looking

Arielle Hoo Sean Gavin

Page 5

Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 6

Lets use this clip to solidify our common language

What evidence is there that Patrick is Be Seen Looking

Building Radar and using Visible Compliance

Patrick Pastore

Page 6

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

How are Kerri and Michael both Building Radar and

Being Seen Looking

Michael Rubino Kerri Rizzolo

Page 4

My Dance Moves Yow

Page 5

The Invisible

ColumnThe Swivel

The Disco

Finger

Be Seen Looking Dance Moves

Page 5

The PoliticianThe

Tiptoe

The

Quarterback

The

Sprinkler

Page 5

Dance MovesWarm-Up

What is effective about Arielle and Seanrsquos use of

RadarBe Seen Looking

Arielle Hoo Sean Gavin

Page 5

Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 6

Lets use this clip to solidify our common language

What evidence is there that Patrick is Be Seen Looking

Building Radar and using Visible Compliance

Patrick Pastore

Page 6

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

My Dance Moves Yow

Page 5

The Invisible

ColumnThe Swivel

The Disco

Finger

Be Seen Looking Dance Moves

Page 5

The PoliticianThe

Tiptoe

The

Quarterback

The

Sprinkler

Page 5

Dance MovesWarm-Up

What is effective about Arielle and Seanrsquos use of

RadarBe Seen Looking

Arielle Hoo Sean Gavin

Page 5

Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 6

Lets use this clip to solidify our common language

What evidence is there that Patrick is Be Seen Looking

Building Radar and using Visible Compliance

Patrick Pastore

Page 6

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

The Invisible

ColumnThe Swivel

The Disco

Finger

Be Seen Looking Dance Moves

Page 5

The PoliticianThe

Tiptoe

The

Quarterback

The

Sprinkler

Page 5

Dance MovesWarm-Up

What is effective about Arielle and Seanrsquos use of

RadarBe Seen Looking

Arielle Hoo Sean Gavin

Page 5

Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 6

Lets use this clip to solidify our common language

What evidence is there that Patrick is Be Seen Looking

Building Radar and using Visible Compliance

Patrick Pastore

Page 6

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

The PoliticianThe

Tiptoe

The

Quarterback

The

Sprinkler

Page 5

Dance MovesWarm-Up

What is effective about Arielle and Seanrsquos use of

RadarBe Seen Looking

Arielle Hoo Sean Gavin

Page 5

Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 6

Lets use this clip to solidify our common language

What evidence is there that Patrick is Be Seen Looking

Building Radar and using Visible Compliance

Patrick Pastore

Page 6

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Dance MovesWarm-Up

What is effective about Arielle and Seanrsquos use of

RadarBe Seen Looking

Arielle Hoo Sean Gavin

Page 5

Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 6

Lets use this clip to solidify our common language

What evidence is there that Patrick is Be Seen Looking

Building Radar and using Visible Compliance

Patrick Pastore

Page 6

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

What is effective about Arielle and Seanrsquos use of

RadarBe Seen Looking

Arielle Hoo Sean Gavin

Page 5

Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 6

Lets use this clip to solidify our common language

What evidence is there that Patrick is Be Seen Looking

Building Radar and using Visible Compliance

Patrick Pastore

Page 6

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Compliance You Can See

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Page 6

Lets use this clip to solidify our common language

What evidence is there that Patrick is Be Seen Looking

Building Radar and using Visible Compliance

Patrick Pastore

Page 6

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Lets use this clip to solidify our common language

What evidence is there that Patrick is Be Seen Looking

Building Radar and using Visible Compliance

Patrick Pastore

Page 6

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Show me

SLANT

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Show me

SLANT

150⁰

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

ldquoPastorersquos Perchrdquo

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Objective To practice and automate your use of Radar

and Be Seen Looking by delivering observable directions

and following them with a BSL Dance Move

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Page 6

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Be Seen Looking Mini-Practice

Give one of the observable directions from the

list below

bull ldquoPencils in the groove and eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoEyes up hererdquo or ldquoTrack merdquo

bull ldquoI need all fingers on the word lsquothersquordquo

bull ldquoBooks are in your laps eyes on merdquo

bull ldquoNovels out Open to chapter 3rdquo

Step 1

Step 2

Choose one of the Be Seen Looking moves

listed in your binder (feel free to use a

personal adaptation)

Page 6

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Be Seen Looking

Mini PracticeModel

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Compliance You Can See

Page 6

Make

Compliance

Visible

Draw studentsrsquo attention to the fact that you are looking

Increase your chances of seeing it

Pencils in the tray vs Pencils

down

Be Seen

Looking

Build Radar

Address

Marginal

Compliance

Students are always asking if we

will accept the bare minimum

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Reflection

What does Marginal Compliance look like in your

classroom or school How can you effectively address it

Page 7

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Denarius Frazier Linda McGriff

Whatrsquos one thing you would want a developing teacher to

take away about addressing Marginal Compliance from

watching Denarius and Linda

Page 7

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Reflection amp Action Planning

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

An Action Step

On August 8th I will do 10 minutes of BSL practice

with each member of the 6th grade team at

individual check-ins

Specific deadline Measurable action Participants and

setting identified

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Awareness Test ndash Moonwalking Bear

(3 minutes) Focal Question How does this clip relate to the classroom

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=Ahg6qcgoay4

Topic 100 -- Compliance You Can See

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Build Radar and Be Seen Looking Technique Notes

(3 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100GR7RizzoloOne pair of eyesClip2463

Grade 6RubinolsquoAs a decimalrsquoClip1868 (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Radar and BSL Practice ndash 2 rounds (20 minutes)Round 1 BSL Dance Moves warm up ndash workshop binder After Round 1

technique notes for Make Compliance Visible show Grade 6PastorelsquoCrisp

sound of a riprsquoClip1430 then Round 2 BSL Mini-Practice ndash workshop

binder on your flash drive

In lesson plan for tomorrow mark two moments to deliberately move to

Pastorersquos Perch BSL Make Compliance Visible Practice (15 minutes)

Observations Next Week Radar BSL

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

100 Non-Verbal Intervention

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 8

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

How many Non-Verbal Interventions do you see in this

clip of Ashleyrsquos teaching What is effective about

Ashleyrsquos Non-Verbal Interventions in this clip

Ashley Hinton

Page 9

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Here is Lucy using Non-Verbals in a seventh grade

literary discussion Whatrsquos effective about her Non-

Verbal Interventions

Lucy Boyd

Page 9

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Describe the Solution

(What to Do)

Less is more

Two most important

things

Strong Non-Verbal Interventions Are

Emotionally Constant

Done While TeachingCombined with

Circulating

Positives Too

Page 9

Catch it Early

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Non-Verbal Interventions Warm Up

Warm-Up

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Objective Practice your non-verbal self interrupt to ask

a student to sit up

Duck Duck Goose

Page 10

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Teacher

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Slouch

Slump

etc

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

ldquoDuckrdquo

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Non-Verbal Self-

Interrupt

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

ldquoDuckrdquo

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

ldquoGooserdquo

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Sits

down

Becomes

teacher

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

ldquoDuckrdquo

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Success Points

Teacher uses non-verbal signals that describe the

solution clearly showing students whathow to correct

posture

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Student to the teacherrsquos left

slouch Then count to three in your

head before complying

Teacher Continue around the table

and give a confirmation glance to

correct

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 2

Delayed

reaction

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

When a student has hisher head down your non-verbal

intervention has to be different Watch what Lauren

does in this situation (and what she had to do

beforehand)

Lauren Latto

Page 10

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Duck Duck Goosendash Round 3

Head DownStudent to the teacherrsquos left put

head down on the table so you canrsquot

see the teacher

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

bull Teacher Turns back to table

bull Student to the teacherrsquos left Point

to someone else at the table to

slouch

bull Student assigned to slouch Wait

three seconds after teacher turns

around to begin slouching

Duck Duck Goose ndash Round 4

Teacher

Turns Back

Page 10

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

No Opt Out Practice Tracker

Round 1

Try It Out

Round 2

Delayed

Reaction

Round 3

Head Down

Round 4

Teacher Turns

Back

3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes 3 Minutes

Duck Duck Goose Practice Tracker

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Objective To practice your non-verbal interventions in

the context of a ldquolessonrdquo in order to be able to use non-

verbal interventions with ease while teaching

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

For each of the student behaviors listed

on the sheet describe a non-verbal

intervention you could use

Your interventions should be simple

positive and unambiguous

Step

One

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Step

Two

Role play using these non-verbal

interventions while you teach

Two students will alternate off-task

behaviors counting for 3 seconds

between behaviors

Page 11-13

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Coach delivers feedback

bull ldquoIt was effective when youhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Use Feedback Cheat Sheet

Teacher role plays again integrating

the coachrsquos feedback

Step

Three

Step

Four

Page 11-13

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

LessonPledge of Allegiance

I pledge allegiance to the flag

of the United States of America

And to the Republic for which it stands

One nation under God indivisible

With liberty and justice for all

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

Next Step Back at Your Schools

Practice with a portion of your lesson plan

Page 11-13

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Grade 3HintonMontageClip1961 (6 minutes) Define ldquonon-

verbalrdquo then give the focal question Workshop binder on your flash drive

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 1

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Least Invasive Form of Intervention (7 minutes)Workshop binder (Strong Non-Verbals are) on your flash drive

Grade 7 BoydlsquoAdd a little morersquoClip2078 (4 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Duck Duck Goose Non-Verbal Intervention Practice

(15 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Non-Verbal Intervention Practice (Workshop binder) then

identify 3 specific non-verbal interventions to teach explicitly and use with

students(13 minutes)

Observations Next Week Non-Verbal Interventions

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Lunch

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Plug and PlaysSave time Dive deep Ready-to-use teacher training modules on specific TLAC techniques

Visit wwwteachlikeachampioncom for more information

Behavior and Culture

Joy Factor System and

Routines

Strong

Voice Going

Formal

Developing and

Maximizing Radar

Private

Individual

Correction

Art of the

Consequence

Strong Start

Engaging

Academics

Art of the

Sentence

Turn and

Talk

Format

Matters

Show Call Circulate

Reading

Close Reading

Bursts

Explicit Vocabulary Implicit Vocabulary

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

QueenKing of the Universe

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

QueenKing of the Universe

84

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

100 Positive Group and

Anonymous Individual Corrections

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

Page 14

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Alex Bronson

Watch while Alex Bronson uses both a PGC and AIC

Page 14

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Transcript of Clip

ldquoBut guess what folks tracking me up here That is not

oohhellipshow me SLANT That is not a bee that is just the

flower Go ahead and take another look at itrdquo

ldquoWhy are they doing this Why are they trying to mimic

ants Need a couple more SLANTs Thank you so much

for fixing that Why are they doing this Nicholasrdquo

Page 14

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

SLANT

Sit UpS

L

A

N

T

Listen

Ask and Answer

Questions

Nod

Track the Speaker

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal reminder to the group

bull Describes the solution

bull Used early- when student attention

might be wandering

bull Tone shift + EOL

Positive

Group

Correction

Page 14

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Positive Group and Anonymous Individual Corrections

bull Verbal group accountability

combined with non-verbal

individual accountability to

intimate who the student is to the

student (eg eye contact)

bull Makes it explicit that not everyone

is where they need to be

Anonymous

Individual

Correction

Page 14

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

PGC AIC Montage

Jot down one thing you want to steal andor adapt

Page 14

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Objective To practice delivering multiple PGCs and AICs

in order to find the most effective and natural variations

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Page 15

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Jot down a PGC and AIC that you could

use in your classPlan

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Jot down one thing that you want to

work on Call Your

Shot

bull AcknowledgeThank

bull Add disco finger or

Radar

bull Maximize Economy

of Language

bull Cut off the AIC

bull Add positives

bull Tone shift on AIC

bull Whisper

Page 15

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

bull Work in pairs

bull Practice delivering your PGC and

AIC in sequence (PGC + Scan +

AIC)

bull Call Your Shots before each round

Work

o Ex ldquoIrsquom trying to shift my tone

down when I correct and then

return to an upbeat teaching

tonerdquo

Practice

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice

Continue switching back and forth until time is called

Page 15

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Success Points

Teacher gives a clear Positive Group Correction with a

clear Be Seen Looking Dance move

Page 15

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot

Model

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 2

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clips

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

Positive Group Correction Anonymous Individual Correction

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 BronsonlsquoI need a couple SLANTsrsquoClip0323

BC100GRMGoldenheimVaughnMcGriffDuruZimmerliR

umphrsquoPGC_AIC montagersquoClip2513

(8 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PGC and AIC Call Your Shot Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC vs AIC Reflection Identify one more time when you will do

todayrsquos practice with a colleague to build muscle memory (8 minutes)

Observations Next Week PGC AIC

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

100 The Private Individual

Correction

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Least Invasive Interventions

1a Non-Verbal Intervention (visual)

2 Positive Group Correction

3 Anonymous Individual Correction

4 Private Individual Correction

5 Off-Stage Public Correction

6 Consequence

These are not sequential steps

Use a

Whisper

to

Upgrade

1b Non-Verbal Intervention (voice)

Prevention Beats Cure Use Radar and BSL to minimize the need to intervene

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

What is effective about each of these Private Individual

Corrections What do they have in common despite the

two different situations

Jaimie Brillante Maura Faulkner

Page 16

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

5 Core Principles of the PIC

bull What to Do

bull Civility and Purpose

bull The Strong Voice Core

bull Itrsquos Still Circulating

bull Task for Class

Page 17

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Correction for a common

classroom scenario

PIC Mini-Practice

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

PIC Mini-Practice

Plan and practice a PIC for a student who has (pick one)

bull Not taking notes during reading or discussion

bull Has head down because of an earlier consequence

bull Consistently raising his or her hand at inappropriate times

bull Smirking at a peer who has been actively participating in class

Scenario

Page 17-18

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

PIC Mini-Practice

Practice your PIC with a partner who is

your student Practice

The ldquostudentrdquo also plays the coach and

gives feedback using the Feedback

Cheat Sheet

bull ldquoIt was effective whenhelliprdquo

bull ldquoNext time tryhelliprdquo

Feedback

Page 17-18

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Success Points

bull Teacher uses Economy of Language and clear What

to Do directions

bull Teacher maintains privacy during correction while

scanning the rest of the class

Page 17-18

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Feedback Add a QBhellip

Amy Parsons

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Sometimes when you canrsquot get all the way to privacy a

ldquowhisper correctionrdquo can help What is effective about

how Jason does that in this clip

Jason Armstrong

Page 18

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Page 19

One person will stand and lsquoteachrsquo from

their own lesson deliver a whisper

correction then continue teaching

Rotate around the table so everyone

has the chance to practice at least

once

Practice

Round 1 ldquoNeed you taking notesrdquo Or ldquoSitting up all

the way pleaserdquo

Round 2 Your Choice Call Your ShotCall your

adaptation

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach Whisper

Correction Teach

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Whisper Correction Speed Play

Teach

Whisper

Correction

Teach

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

What is unique about how Maggie uses PICs in her

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Maggie Johnson

Page 19

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

What is unique about how Steve uses PICs in his

classroom How and when might youyour teachers use

this type of PIC (known as a PIP)

Stephen Chiger

Page 19

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Objective To practice planning the content and delivery

of a Private Individual Praise for a common classroom

scenario

Private Individual Praise (PIP) Drill

Page 20

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

PIP Drill

Now practice a PIPPmdashPrivate Individual Praisemdashfor one of the following scenarios

bull Student whose comments drove discussion to special levels of rigor her homework was really good too

bull Some-time struggler engaged and diligent in note-taking

bull Student helps a peer who arrived late to catch up and understand the activity

bull Student who is revising her writing on her own to improve it

Scenario

Page 20

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Success Points

Teacher uses Economy of Language to praise actions

not traits

Page 20

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Colleenrsquos ModelUse your Feedback Cheat Sheet

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Building Relationships Reflection

How do Least Invasive Interventions impact our

relationships with students

Page 20

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Least Invasive Form of Intervention Part 3

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

5 Core Principles of the PIC (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Grade 5 FaulknerlsquoHands off your facersquoClip0689

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

PIC Mini-Practice (20 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive Then balance PIC with PIPP

GR8JohnsonlsquoKeep it uprsquoClip2006 Workshop binder on your flash drive

Identify one more time when you will do todayrsquos practice with a colleague

to build muscle memory (2 minutes)

Grade 5BrillantelsquoEyes on the speakerrsquoClip1431

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Observations Next Week PIC PIPP

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

100 Firm Calm Finesse

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Rely on Firm Calm Finesse

Purpose Not

Power

Before it becomes an ldquoitrdquo

Civility is in place ldquoI wonrdquo

ldquoWe need two people with usrdquo

Share the why

Universal

Language

Catch it Early

ldquoThank Yourdquo

Bright Face Smile - show everything will be OK

Page 21

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Page 22

Patrick Pastore Erin Krafft Emily Bisso

Watch how these teachers use Firm Calm Finesse to keep

the energy positive in the face of normal distractions

Using the common language what do you see

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

100 The Art of the

Consequence

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Consequence vs Correction

Some Rules of Thumb

Degree of

Disruption

Motivation

Persistence amp

Repetition

If a student is testing you or your classroom expectations err

on the side of consequence if it appears to be a good faith

errormdashcaused by distraction etc err on the side of correction

If the behavior is happening over and over repeatedly

correction is proving ineffective help the student to learn

with a consequence

The more the behavior disrupts the learning of other studentsmdash

eg calling out or disrespectmdashthe more it warrants a

consequence

Page 22

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Directions As you read each case study indicate

whether you would give the student(s) a consequence or

a correction and explain your rationale Use the Rules of

Thumb as guidance

Consequence vs Correction Case Studies

Page 25-26

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Illusion of Privacy

(Whisper

Consequence)

Art of the Consequence

Tag the Behavior

Bounce Back

Statement

Emotional Constancy

Purpose not Power

Maintain the Pace

Page 23

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Bridget McElduff

How does Bridget apply the principles of Art of the

Consequence (and PIC)

Page 23

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

What do Hilary and Jacobi do to successfully respond in

an emotional situation What else is effective about

their practice that you would want to bring back to your

schools

Jacobi Clifton amp Hilary Lewis

Page 22

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Reflection amp Action Planning

Consider What part of giving consequences is most

challenging in your classroom or school

Plan Design a practice for yourself or school based on

that challenge

Page 27

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Reflection amp Action Planning

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

If You Only Have an Hourhellip

Topic 100 -- Art of the Consequence

Anchor Clip

Technique

Notes

Solidify

with Clip

Plan amp

Practice

Action Plan

amp Practice

Art of the Consequence (7 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

BC100CliftonLewisBlow up practiceClip2361

(6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Consequence Call Your Shot Practice amp Consequence vs

Correction (25 minutes)Workshop binder on your flash drive

Script how you will deliver consequences for three different likely

behaviors this week Practice with partner (10 minutes)

Observations Next Week Art of the Consequence

Grade 5McEldufflsquoExaminersquoClip1930 (6 minutes) Workshop binder on your flash drive

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Reflection amp Action Planning

Before today I

never realizedhellip

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp

Questions Tweet at ushellip

Connect with us

Learn more visit

HilaryALewis TeachLikeAChamp

ColleenDriggs

wwwfacebookcomTeachlikeachampion

wwwteachlikeachampioncomblog

TeachLikeAChamp